الفرق بين المراجعتين لصفحة: «وحدة:Citation/CS1»

أُزيل ١٨٬٦٦٥ بايت ،  ٢٠ نوفمبر ٢٠٢١
ط
مراجعة واحدة
(hyphen_to_dash() fix;)
ط (مراجعة واحدة)
سطر ١: سطر ١:
require('Module:No globals');


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
]]
local languagescode = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/lang') -- to change language name from en,fr to arabic .
local fetchName = require('وحدة:لغات').getname       -- to fix language name.
local check_date  = require('وحدة:Citation/CS1/dates').check_date -- to change dates format to arabic date
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink,
strip_apostrophe_markup;


local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS


local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
 
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
other modules; that are created here and used here
 
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here
 
]]
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
 
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
سطر ٣٩: سطر ٥٠:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end
سطر ٥٢: سطر ٨٣:
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } );
end
end
end


سطر ٦٦: سطر ٩٧:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------


does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
سطر ٨٩: سطر ١٢٠:
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
سطر ١١١: سطر ١٤٢:
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false


]=]
]=]
سطر ١٢٦: سطر ١٥٧:
end
end


if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource
return false;
return false;
end
end


local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like urls
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and tld
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
}
سطر ١٤٢: سطر ١٧٣:
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٥٧: سطر ١٨٨:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
سطر ١٦٦: سطر ١٩٧:


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٧٦: سطر ٢٠٧:
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


Strip off any port and path;
Strip off any port and path;
سطر ١٩٧: سطر ٢٢٥:
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
سطر ٢٢٠: سطر ٢٤٢:
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls


Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
سطر ٢٣٩: سطر ٢٦١:
end
end


scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


سطر ٢٤٨: سطر ٢٧٠:
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]
سطر ٢٥٨: سطر ٢٧٧:
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (orig) then
if is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


سطر ٢٨٥: سطر ٢٩٦:
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
سطر ٢٩٦: سطر ٣٠٧:


local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
سطر ٣٠٧: سطر ٣١٨:
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


سطر ٣١٤: سطر ٣٢٥:


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
سطر ٣٢٧: سطر ٣٣٨:
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


سطر ٣٥٢: سطر ٣٦٣:
local error_message = '';
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
end
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
سطر ٣٧٣: سطر ٣٨٤:
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
سطر ٣٩٥: سطر ٤٠٦:
local base_url;
local base_url;


if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
سطر ٤٠٤: سطر ٤١٥:
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end


base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url


if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
سطر ٤٢٩: سطر ٤٤٠:
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.


added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
سطر ٤٣٦: سطر ٤٤٧:
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters.  Only
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation.
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


]]
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
local function discouraged_parameter(name)
if not added_discouraged_cat then
added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
 
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


]=]
]=]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
local wl_type, label, link;


wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 2 == wl_type then
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
str = label;
سطر ٥١٧: سطر ٥١١:
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
سطر ٥٣١: سطر ٥٢٥:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
سطر ٥٤٤: سطر ٥٣٨:
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
if not is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
--name = fetchName( lang, "al" ) or cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
name = fetchName( lang, "al" )
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return script_value;
سطر ٥٧٩: سطر ٥٧٤:


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then  
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
سطر ٥٩٨: سطر ٥٩٣:


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
سطر ٦٠٤: سطر ٥٩٩:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end
end




--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------


Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link.  returns the url and appropriate label; nil else.
label; nil else.


str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
سطر ٦٢٥: سطر ٦١٩:
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});


wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)


if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
str, -- article title
});
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
ws_label = str; -- label for the url
end
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
str, -- article title
});
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
ws_label = str; -- label for the url
end
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
سطر ٦٥٥: سطر ٦٤٩:
end
end
end
end
 
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable url
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
end
end


return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper url or nil and a label or nil
end
end




--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------


Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
parameter.


]]
]]
سطر ٦٧٥: سطر ٦٦٩:
local periodical_error = '';
local periodical_error = '';


if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if not is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style  
periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style  
end
end


periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
if is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
end
end
سطر ٦٩٧: سطر ٦٩١:




--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
for error messages).


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local chapter_error = '';
local chapter_error = '';


local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
chapter = ws_label;
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
if is_set (transchapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter = transchapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
end
end
سطر ٧٤٧: سطر ٧٣٩:




--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
The search stops at the first match.
first match.


This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.


Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
See also coins_cleanup().


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
parameter value.


]]
]]
سطر ٧٦٦: سطر ٧٥٧:
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
local i=1;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
return;
end
end


for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
سطر ٧٨٩: سطر ٧٨٠:
if position then
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
local err_msg;
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
end


table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
end




--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local origin = {};
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
return origin[k];
end
end
سطر ٨٣٥: سطر ٨٢٦:
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
elseif list ~= nil then
سطر ٨٤٩: سطر ٨٤٠:
-- Empty strings, not nil;
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
if v == nil then
-- v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
v = '';
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
origin[k] = '';
سطر ٨٦٠: سطر ٨٥٢:




--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
سطر ٨٧١: سطر ٨٦٢:


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
local cap2='';


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
سطر ٨٨٦: سطر ٨٧٧:




--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


]]
]]


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if is_set(title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
 
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
if cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] == 'none' then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
سطر ٩٠٩: سطر ٨٩٩:
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------


Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)


any other forms are returned unmodified.
any other forms are returned unmodified.
سطر ٩٢٦: سطر ٩١٤:


local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
if not is_set (str) then
return str;
return str;
end
end
 
local accept; -- Boolean
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
 
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
end
 
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace html numeric entity with hyphen character
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
local out = {};
local out = {};
سطر ٩٤١: سطر ٩٣١:


for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
سطر ٩٥٠: سطر ٩٣٩:
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
end
end
end
end
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
end


local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
if accept then
temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value
return temp_str;
else
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
سطر ٩٧٤: سطر ٩٥٧:


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.match=string.match
f.sub = string.sub
f.sub=string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
end
end


سطر ٩٩٥: سطر ٩٧٨:
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
comp = value;
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
trim = true; -- same question
trim = true; -- same question
end
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
trim = true;
end
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
end
end


if trim then
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
سطر ١٬٠٤٤: سطر ١٬٠٢٧:
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٬٠٥١: سطر ١٬٠٣٤:




--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------


returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]


local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
return true;
end
end
سطر ١٬٠٦٦: سطر ١٬٠٤٨:




--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
سطر ١٬٠٨٢: سطر ١٬٠٦١:
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


This original test:
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
سطر ١٬١٠٢: سطر ١٬٠٧٧:
]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not suffix then
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
if is_set (suffix) then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
سطر ١٬١١٧: سطر ١٬٠٨٨:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin character']);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
end;
return true;
return true;
سطر ١٬١٢٦: سطر ١٬٠٩٧:
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end


سطر ١٬١٥٤: سطر ١٬١٢١:
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
end
سطر ١٬١٧٧: سطر ١٬١٤٤:
end
end
if 3 > i then
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
سطر ١٬١٨٦: سطر ١٬١٥٣:




--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
 
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there


when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)


]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
lastauthoramp = nil; -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local mask = person.mask
local one;
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
 
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
end
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
else
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
one = mask;
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
sep_one = " ";
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
end
else
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٬٢٥٠: سطر ١٬٢٠٨:
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
if is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
table.insert (text, one)
table.insert (text, sep_one)
end
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
returns an empty string.
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]


local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
names[i] = v.last  
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter
|display-<names>=etal parameter


]]
]]
سطر ١٬٣٢٤: سطر ١٬٢٦٩:
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
سطر ١٬٣٣٢: سطر ١٬٢٧٧:
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٬٣٣٨: سطر ١٬٢٨٣:
end
end


return name, etal;
return name, etal; --
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------


Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.


returns nothing
returns nothing
سطر ١٬٣٥٣: سطر ١٬٢٩٧:


local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
add_maint_cat ('numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٬٣٦١: سطر ١٬٣٠٥:




--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function adds the editor markup
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
maintenance category.


returns nothing
returns nothing
سطر ١٬٣٧٥: سطر ١٬٣١٨:
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration


if utilities.is_set (name) then
if is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
if name:match (pattern) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
break;
end
end
سطر ١٬٣٨٦: سطر ١٬٣٢٩:




--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
(author or editor) maintenance category.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


returns nothing
returns nothing
سطر ١٬٣٩٨: سطر ١٬٣٤٠:


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
local _, count;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end
سطر ١٬٤١٩: سطر ١٬٣٥١:




--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------


This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
of the various name-holding parameters.
parameters.


]]
]]


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local accept_name;
if is_set (last) then
 
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
else
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
end
end
end
end
 
if is_set (first) then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
 
else
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
end
end
end
end
return last, first; -- done
return last, first; -- done
end
end




--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local first;
local link;
local link;
local mask;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
سطر ١٬٥٠٧: سطر ١٬٤٢٦:
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup
end
end


names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
سطر ١٬٥٢٣: سطر ١٬٤٤١:
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end




--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.


Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no
return the original language name string.
match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc


Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
|language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found and the
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
WikiMedia language name.


Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
سطر ١٬٥٦٤: سطر ١٬٤٧٧:
end
end


local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes
local ietf_name;
local ietf_name;
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons


for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
end
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
end
end
end
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end
end




--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
was provided with the language parameter.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.
recognized but code 'ara' is not.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.
optional space characters.


]]
]]
سطر ١٬٦١٠: سطر ١٬٥٢١:
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
سطر ١٬٦١٨: سطر ١٬٥٢٩:


if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private ietf tag
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip ietf tags from code
end
end
else
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any ietf-like tags from code
lang = languagescode[lang:lower()] or lang
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
name = fetchName( lang:lower(), "al"); -- This code add by [[user:Mr. Ibrahem]] to fix language name.
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names


if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
end
else
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
سطر ١٬٦٥٣: سطر ١٬٥٦٦:
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-separator'], 1, code-1); -- concatenate all but last
name = table.concat ({name, language_list[code]}, cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']); -- concatenate last with final separator
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
سطر ١٬٦٦٥: سطر ١٬٥٨٣:
end
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
]]
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
 
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'
 
]]
]]
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
return sep, postscript
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------


Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
 
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','
 
]]
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
 
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
 
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
سطر ١٬٧٢٨: سطر ١٬٦٨١:




--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
the appropriate styling.


سطر ١٬٧٣٩: سطر ١٬٦٩١:


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
if is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
سطر ١٬٧٥٣: سطر ١٬٧٠٥:




--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
سطر ١٬٧٧٦: سطر ١٬٧٢٨:
]]
]]


local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
سطر ١٬٧٨٤: سطر ١٬٧٣٦:
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
add_maint_cat ('disp_name', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
max = nil;
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
سطر ١٬٧٩٧: سطر ١٬٧٤٨:




--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.  
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
return; -- and done
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
 
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
 
For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.
 
For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
 
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end


سطر ١٬٨٦٦: سطر ١٬٧٧٢:


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked


سطر ١٬٨٧٤: سطر ١٬٧٨٠:


local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam or '', "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
if 1 == wl_type then
سطر ١٬٩٠١: سطر ١٬٨٠٧:
end
end
end
end
i = i + 1;
i = i+1;
end
end
return output_table;
return output_table;
سطر ١٬٩١٤: سطر ١٬٨٢٠:
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.


This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


]]
]]
سطر ١٬٩٣٤: سطر ١٬٨٤٠:


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
local accept_name;
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
 
if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
end
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
end
else
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
سطر ١٬٩٨٠: سطر ١٬٨٧٨:
else
else
if not corporate then
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
end
end


link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
سطر ١٬٩٩٥: سطر ١٬٨٩٣:


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
سطر ٢٬٠٠٦: سطر ١٬٩٠٤:
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.


]]
]]
سطر ٢٬٠١٢: سطر ١٬٩١٠:
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
lastfirst=true;
end
end


if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
سطر ٢٬٠٢٨: سطر ١٬٩٢٦:
err_name = 'editor';
err_name = 'editor';
end
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
end
end
سطر ٢٬٠٤٢: سطر ١٬٩٤٠:


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
سطر ٢٬٠٥٠: سطر ١٬٩٤٨:


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
if not is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
elseif in_array (value, possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
return ret_val;
end
end
سطر ٢٬٠٧١: سطر ١٬٩٦٩:


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end
end
سطر ٢٬٠٨٩: سطر ١٬٩٨٧:
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
return '';
end
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
سطر ٢٬١٠٣: سطر ٢٬٠٠١:
end
end


if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if 'podcast' == cite_class and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
سطر ٢٬١٠٩: سطر ٢٬٠٠٧:
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
else -- four or less characters
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
end
return vol;
return vol;
سطر ٢٬١٣٨: سطر ٢٬٠٣٦:
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
سطر ٢٬١٤٤: سطر ٢٬٠٤٢:
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
سطر ٢٬١٥٣: سطر ٢٬٠٥١:
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
سطر ٢٬١٨٣: سطر ٢٬٠٨١:
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  


If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?   
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?   


سطر ٢٬١٩٤: سطر ٢٬٠٩٢:
]]
]]


local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)


if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
at = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
elseif is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
if is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
at = ''; -- unset
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
elseif is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
سطر ٢٬٢٣٢: سطر ٢٬١٣٠:
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
]]
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
return archive, date;
end
end


سطر ٢٬٢٥٤: سطر ٢٬١٣٥:
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------


Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
unwitting readers to do.


When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
سطر ٢٬٢٧٧: سطر ٢٬١٥٨:
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive URL:
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)


سطر ٢٬٢٨٧: سطر ٢٬١٦٨:
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page  
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
سطر ٢٬٢٩٩: سطر ٢٬١٨٠:
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
else
سطر ٢٬٣١٧: سطر ٢٬١٩٨:
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
else
سطر ٢٬٣٢٩: سطر ٢٬٢١٠:


check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
many editors mis-use location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)


returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
سطر ٢٬٣٣٦: سطر ٢٬٢١٧:


local function place_check (param_val)
local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
if not is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
add_maint_cat ('location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
end
سطر ٢٬٣٤٨: سطر ٢٬٢٢٩:




--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
 
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
]]
 
local function is_generic_title (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
return true; -- found English generic title so done
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
 
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
 
]]
 
local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
سطر ٢٬٣٩٨: سطر ٢٬٢٣٥:
]]
]]


local function citation0( config, args )
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i  
local i  


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');


local author_etal;
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
 
local NameListFormat = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN('NameListFormat'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-format'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];


سطر ٢٬٤٢٠: سطر ٢٬٢٦٠:
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];


local editor_etal;
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


do -- to limit scope of selected
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
end
end
end
end
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local translator_etal;
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
local interviewer_etal;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers; -- used later
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
 
local contributor_etal;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution']; -- TODO: move to after chapter use if A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') ... to set Contribution; this to remove duplicate in aliases list
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


if is_set (Others) then
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
add_maint_cat ('others');
end
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- TODO: insert test, assignment, and then unset Chapter when |section= in cite map; test is at c. line 3220
local accept_link;
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
local ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
end
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;


local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
-- TODO: mailinglist should be removed from Periodical alias list; Periodical should be assigned value from |mailinglist= here wh
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; -- cite mailinglist or citation and |mailinglist=; error check for duplicate work params (Periodical already set)
local Periodical_origin = '';
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated  
Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated  
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end
end
end
-- TODO: mailinglist assignment here? iff Periodical not set; err msg else; see TODO c. line 2607
 
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
-- web and news not tested for now because of
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
end
end


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local Series = A['Series'];
 
-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
end
local Volume;
local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
سطر ٢٬٥٣٩: سطر ٢٬٤١٩:
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');


local Page;
local Position = '';
local Pages;
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
local At;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
سطر ٢٬٥٧٢: سطر ٢٬٤٤٧:
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
local i=0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
سطر ٢٬٥٨٤: سطر ٢٬٤٦٠:


if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
if is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parmeter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
local error_text = set_error ('parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
if is_set (error_text) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
سطر ٢٬٥٩٤: سطر ٢٬٤٧٠:
end
end


local URL = A['URL']
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
end
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
end
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local Language = A['Language'];
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local coins_pages;
local Quote = A['Quote'];
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);


local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if not is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local df if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
 
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref = A['Ref'];
if 'harv' == Ref then
add_maint_cat ('ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
local coins_pages;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
 
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
if is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
elseif not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
سطر ٢٬٦٥٠: سطر ٢٬٥٧٧:
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
--[[
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
]]


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end


if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
if is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
end
if not is_set(Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL')


ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;


if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
end
Title = Periodical;
Title = Periodical;
سطر ٢٬٧١٧: سطر ٢٬٦١٧:
ScriptTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
elseif is_set (Chapter) then -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
سطر ٢٬٧٢٤: سطر ٢٬٦٢٤:
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
end
end
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then -- TODO: move this to Periodical assignment; see TODOs at c. line 2360
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == Periodical_origin then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URL_origin = '';
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
Format = '';
سطر ٢٬٧٦٢: سطر ٢٬٦٦٢:
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
 
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
-- cite map oddities
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Cartography = "";
سطر ٢٬٧٧٦: سطر ٢٬٦٦٩:
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
سطر ٢٬٧٩١: سطر ٢٬٦٨٠:


Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
سطر ٢٬٨٠١: سطر ٢٬٦٩٠:


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set


local Network = A['Network'];
local Network = A['Network'];
سطر ٢٬٨١١: سطر ٢٬٦٩٩:
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
سطر ٢٬٨١٩: سطر ٢٬٧٠٧:
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
سطر ٢٬٨٤٢: سطر ٢٬٧٣٠:
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
URL = ''; -- unset
سطر ٢٬٨٥٤: سطر ٢٬٧٤٢:
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
do
if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
end


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
  local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
  local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];


if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
سطر ٢٬٩٠٥: سطر ٢٬٧٩٩:
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
};
 
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);


-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization


if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
local modified = false; -- flag
local modified = false; -- flag
if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = true;
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
end


if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- modified = true;
-- end
-- end
سطر ٢٬٩٨٦: سطر ٢٬٨٦٠:
end
end
else
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
end -- end of do


local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}


ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
end
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
end


-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 
-- Test if citation has no title
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if not is_set(Title) and
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
not is_set(TransTitle) and
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
else
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
end
end


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
if cfg.keywords_xlate[Title] == 'none' and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
(is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end


check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
['title'] = Title,
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
سطر ٣٬٠٦١: سطر ٢٬٩١٤:
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
coins_title = Periodical;
سطر ٣٬٠٧٢: سطر ٢٬٩٢٥:
end
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Encyclopedia'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Encyclopedia),
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end
end


local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
do
local last_first_list;
local last_first_list;
local control = {  
local control = {  
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
mode = Mode
mode = Mode
};
};


do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
end
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
سطر ٣٬١٤٢: سطر ٢٬٩٩٠:
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
end
do -- now do translators
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
end
do -- now do contributors
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
end
do -- now do authors
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
if author_etal then
سطر ٣٬١٦٨: سطر ٣٬٠١٦:
end -- end of do
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
سطر ٣٬١٧٤: سطر ٣٬٠٢٢:
end
end


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if not is_set(URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
  end
  end
end
end


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
chap_param = ScriptChapterOrigin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
end


if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
TransChapter = '';
سطر ٣٬٢٥٦: سطر ٣٬١٠٣:
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
end
end


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapterOrigin, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
end


-- Format main title
-- Format main title. TODO: add support for non-English versions of 'Archived copy' when used on other-language wikis
local plain_title = false;
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and
local accept_title;
(mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) or -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'])) then -- local-wiki's form
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
else
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
end
('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
if is_generic_title (Title) then
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
end
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
else
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end


local TransError = "";
local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making wikisource urls?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
else
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
local ws_url, ws_label; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws url from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tool tip label
if ws_url then
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
else
سطر ٣٬٣٦٥: سطر ٣٬١٩٥:
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end


local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end


local Position = '';
if not is_set(Position) then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
local Time = A['Time'];


if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if is_set(Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
if sepc ~= '.' then
سطر ٣٬٤٠٨: سطر ٣٬٢٣٦:
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);


At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then -- TODO copy this line and
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Section = A['Section']; -- TODO move this line to c. line 2337 so that separate Sections in aliases{} not required? then unset Chapter?
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
end


if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
سطر ٣٬٤٢٦: سطر ٣٬٢٥٥:
end
end


local Others = A['Others'];
if is_set (Language) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
else
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
else
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
]]
end
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
سطر ٣٬٤٥٥: سطر ٣٬٢٨٣:
end
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or '';
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);


if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Via = is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = check_date( AccessDate )
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text


AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
local Docket = A['Docket'];
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
end
   if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
   if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
end
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
if is_set(Quote) then
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
end
 
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
local Archived
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
end
local arch_text;
 
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
else
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
ArchiveDate = check_date( ArchiveDate )
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
if not is_set (OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');    
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');    
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,  
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
سطر ٣٬٥٨٨: سطر ٣٬٣٦٩:
local Lay = '';
local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if is_set(LayURL) then
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
else
LaySource = "";
LaySource = "";
سطر ٣٬٦٠٤: سطر ٣٬٣٨١:
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
if is_set(Transcript) then
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
end


local Publisher;
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then  
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else  
else  
سطر ٣٬٦٣٨: سطر ٣٬٤١٠:
end
end
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then  
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
else  
else  
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
end
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


سطر ٣٬٦٦٥: سطر ٣٬٤٢٥:
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
سطر ٣٬٦٧٩: سطر ٣٬٤٣٩:
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
سطر ٣٬٦٩١: سطر ٣٬٤٥١:


elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
سطر ٣٬٧١٣: سطر ٣٬٤٧٣:
end
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
سطر ٣٬٧٢٥: سطر ٣٬٤٨٣:
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
if is_set(Date) then
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
if (sepc ~= '.') then
سطر ٣٬٧٥٨: سطر ٣٬٥١٤:
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
سطر ٣٬٧٧٢: سطر ٣٬٥٢٨:
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
سطر ٣٬٧٨٨: سطر ٣٬٥٤٤:
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
سطر ٣٬٧٩٥: سطر ٣٬٥٥١:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
options.class = "citation";
end
end
 
local Ref = A['Ref'];
if is_set(Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
local id = Ref
local id = Ref
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
namelist = e;
end
end
local citeref_id
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
else
id = ''; -- unset
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
end
if citeref_id == Ref then
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
if 'harv' == Ref then
id = citeref_id
end
end
options.id = id;
options.id = id;
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
z.message_tail = {};
end
end
سطر ٣٬٨٥٢: سطر ٣٬٥٩٨:
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation


if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
end


table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation


if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, ' ');
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
else
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
سطر ٣٬٨٧٩: سطر ٣٬٦٢٥:
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
end
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
end
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
end
end
end
سطر ٣٬٩١٣: سطر ٣٬٦٥٩:
]]
]]


local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local function validate (name, cite_class)
local name = tostring (name);
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'discouraged' == state then
discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported
return true;
return true;
end
end
سطر ٣٬٩٣٥: سطر ٣٬٦٧٥:
end
end


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
سطر ٣٬٩٤٣: سطر ٣٬٦٨٣:


-- limited enumerated parameters list
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


سطر ٣٬٩٥٠: سطر ٣٬٦٩٠:
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
end -- end limited parameter-set templates


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
سطر ٣٬٩٥٩: سطر ٣٬٦٩٩:


-- all enumerated parameters allowed
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
return value as is else
]=]
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
end


سطر ٣٬٩٩٤: سطر ٣٬٧١١:
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
tags are removed before the search.


سطر ٤٬٠٠٦: سطر ٣٬٧٢٣:
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc  


capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe',parameter)});
end
end
end
end
سطر ٤٬٠٢٢: سطر ٣٬٧٣٩:


local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
سطر ٤٬٠٣٢: سطر ٣٬٧٤٤:
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
add_maint_cat ('extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
end
end
سطر ٤٬٠٤٤: سطر ٣٬٧٥٦:


local function citation(frame)
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
سطر ٤٬٠٦٥: سطر ٣٬٧٧٧:
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
end


utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup;


z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
سطر ٤٬٠٧٩: سطر ٣٬٨٢٠:


local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for kk, vv in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if vv ~= '' then 
config[kk] = vv;
args[kk] = vv;
end -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
--if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
--k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
--end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
سطر ٤٬١١٠: سطر ٣٬٨٥٥:
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
سطر ٤٬١٣٤: سطر ٣٬٨٧٩:
end
end
end
end
 
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
 
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
end
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
}, true )});
end


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
end
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end
end


return table.concat ({
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end